xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision 52f5d1ba)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 /*
432 ** If the option SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE option is set at compile-time, then
433 ** SQLite will do extra fsync() operations when synchronous==FULL to help
434 ** ensure that transactions are durable across a power failure.  Most
435 ** applications are happy as long as transactions are consistent across
436 ** a power failure, and are perfectly willing to lose the last transaction
437 ** in exchange for the extra performance of avoiding directory syncs.
438 ** And so the default SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE setting is off.
439 */
440 #ifndef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
441 # define SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE 0
442 #endif
443 
444 
445 /*
446 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
447 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
448 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
449 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
450 **
451 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
452 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
453 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
454 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
455 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
456 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
457 */
458 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
459 struct PagerSavepoint {
460   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
461   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
462   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
463   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
464   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
465 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
466   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
467 #endif
468 };
469 
470 /*
471 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
472 */
473 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
474 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
475 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
476 
477 /*
478 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
479 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
480 **
481 ** eState
482 **
483 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
484 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
485 **
486 ** eLock
487 **
488 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
489 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
490 **
491 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
492 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
493 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
494 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
495 **   need (and no reason to release them).
496 **
497 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
498 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
499 **   details.
500 **
501 ** changeCountDone
502 **
503 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
504 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
505 **   not updated more often than necessary.
506 **
507 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
508 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
509 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
510 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
511 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
512 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
513 **
514 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
515 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
516 **   committed.
517 **
518 ** setMaster
519 **
520 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
521 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
522 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
523 **
524 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
525 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
526 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
527 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
528 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
529 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
530 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
531 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
532 **
533 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
534 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
535 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
536 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
537 **
538 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
539 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
540 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
541 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
542 **
543 ** doNotSpill
544 **
545 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
546 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
547 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
548 **
549 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
550 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
551 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
552 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
553 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
554 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
555 **   case is a user preference.
556 **
557 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
558 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
559 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
560 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
561 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
562 **
563 ** subjInMemory
564 **
565 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
566 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
567 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
568 **
569 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
570 **   write-transaction is opened.
571 **
572 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
573 **
574 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
575 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
576 **   OPEN and ERROR).
577 **
578 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
579 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
580 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
581 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
582 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
583 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
584 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
585 **   to dbSize==1).
586 **
587 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
588 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
589 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
590 **   dbSize is updated.
591 **
592 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
593 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
594 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
595 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
596 **   being modified.
597 **
598 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
599 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
600 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
601 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
602 **
603 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
604 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
605 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
606 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
607 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
608 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
609 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
610 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
611 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
612 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
613 **
614 ** dbHintSize
615 **
616 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
617 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
618 **
619 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
620 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
621 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
622 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
623 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
624 **   details.
625 **
626 ** errCode
627 **
628 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
629 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
630 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
631 **   sub-codes.
632 */
633 struct Pager {
634   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
635   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
636   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
637   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
638   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
639   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
640   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
641   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
642   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
643   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
644   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
645   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
646   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
647 
648   /**************************************************************************
649   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
650   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
651   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
652   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
653   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
654   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
655   ** "configuration" of the pager.
656   */
657   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
658   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
659   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
660   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
661   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
662   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
663   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
664   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
665   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
666   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
667   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
668   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
669   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
670   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
671   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
672   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
673   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
674   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
675   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
676   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
677   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
678   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
679   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
680   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
681   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
682   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
683   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
684 
685   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
686   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
687   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
688   /*
689   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
690   ***************************************************************************/
691 
692   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
693   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
694   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
695   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
696   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
697   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
698   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
699   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
700   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
701   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
702   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
703   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
704 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
705   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
706 #endif
707   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
712   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
713 #endif
714   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
719 #endif
720 };
721 
722 /*
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
726 */
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
730 
731 /*
732 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
733 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
734 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
735 */
736 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
737 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
738 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
740 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
741 #else
742 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
743 #endif
744 
745 
746 
747 /*
748 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
749 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
750 **
751 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
752 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
753 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
754 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
755 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
756 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
757 ** journal and ignore it.
758 **
759 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
760 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
761 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
762 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
763 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
764 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
765 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
766 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
767 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
768 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
769 */
770 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
771   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
772 };
773 
774 /*
775 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
776 ** the following macro.
777 */
778 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
779 
780 /*
781 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
782 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
783 */
784 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
785 
786 /*
787 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
788 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
789 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
790 ** out code that would never execute.
791 */
792 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
793 # define MEMDB 0
794 #else
795 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
796 #endif
797 
798 /*
799 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
800 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
801 */
802 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
803 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
804 #else
805 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
806 #endif
807 
808 /*
809 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
810 */
811 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
812 
813 /*
814 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
815 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
816 **
817 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
818 **
819 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
820 **
821 ** instead of
822 **
823 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
824 */
825 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
826 
827 /*
828 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
829 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
830 */
831 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
832 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
833   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
834 }
835 #else
836 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
837 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
838 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
839 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
840 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
841 #endif
842 
843 #ifndef NDEBUG
844 /*
845 ** Usage:
846 **
847 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
848 **
849 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
850 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
851 */
852 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
853   Pager *pPager = p;
854 
855   /* State must be valid. */
856   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
857        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
858        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
859        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
860        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
861        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
862        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
863   );
864 
865   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
866   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
867   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
868   */
869   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
870   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
871 
872   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
873   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
874   */
875   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
876   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
877 
878   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
879   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
880   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
881   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
882   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
883   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
884   ** state.
885   */
886   if( MEMDB ){
887     assert( p->noSync );
888     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
889          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
890     );
891     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
892     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
893   }
894 
895   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
896   ** on the file.
897   */
898   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
899   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
900 
901   switch( p->eState ){
902     case PAGER_OPEN:
903       assert( !MEMDB );
904       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
905       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
906       break;
907 
908     case PAGER_READER:
909       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
910       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
911       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
912       break;
913 
914     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
915       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
916       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
917       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
918         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
919       }
920       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
921       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
922       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
923       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
924       break;
925 
926     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
927       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
928       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
929       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
930         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
931         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
932         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
933         ** to journal_mode=wal.
934         */
935         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
936         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
937              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
938              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
939         );
940       }
941       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
942       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
943       break;
944 
945     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
946       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
947       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
948       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
949       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
950       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
951            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
952            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
953       );
954       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
955       break;
956 
957     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
958       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
959       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
960       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
961       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
962            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
963            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
964       );
965       break;
966 
967     case PAGER_ERROR:
968       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
969       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
970       ** back to OPEN state.
971       */
972       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
973       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
974       break;
975   }
976 
977   return 1;
978 }
979 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
980 
981 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
982 /*
983 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
984 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
985 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
986 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
987 **
988 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
989 */
990 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
991   static char zRet[1024];
992 
993   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
994       "Filename:      %s\n"
995       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
996       "Lock:          %s\n"
997       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
998       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
999       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1000       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1001       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1002       , p->zFilename
1003       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1004         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1005         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1006         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1007         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1008         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1009         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1010       , (int)p->errCode
1011       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1012         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1013         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1014         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1015         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1016       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1017       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1018         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1019         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1020         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1021         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1022         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1023       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1024       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1025       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1026   );
1027 
1028   return zRet;
1029 }
1030 #endif
1031 
1032 /*
1033 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1034 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1035 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1036 **
1037 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1038 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1039 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1040 */
1041 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1042   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1043   PagerSavepoint *p;
1044   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1045   int i;
1046   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1047     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1048     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1049       return 1;
1050     }
1051   }
1052   return 0;
1053 }
1054 
1055 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1056 /*
1057 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1058 */
1059 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1060   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1061 }
1062 #endif
1063 
1064 /*
1065 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1066 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1067 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1068 **
1069 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1070 */
1071 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1072   unsigned char ac[4];
1073   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1074   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1075     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1076   }
1077   return rc;
1078 }
1079 
1080 /*
1081 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1082 */
1083 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1084 
1085 
1086 /*
1087 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1088 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1089 */
1090 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1091   char ac[4];
1092   put32bits(ac, val);
1093   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1094 }
1095 
1096 /*
1097 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1098 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1099 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1100 **
1101 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1102 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1103 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1104 */
1105 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1106   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1107 
1108   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1109   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1110   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1111   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1112     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1113     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1114     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1115       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1116     }
1117     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1118   }
1119   return rc;
1120 }
1121 
1122 /*
1123 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1124 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1125 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1126 **
1127 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1128 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1129 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1130 ** of this.
1131 */
1132 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1133   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1134 
1135   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1136   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1137     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1138     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1139       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1140       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1141     }
1142   }
1143   return rc;
1144 }
1145 
1146 /*
1147 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1148 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1149 **
1150 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1151 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1152 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1153 **      to the page size.
1154 **
1155 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1156 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1157 ** database.
1158 **
1159 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1160 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1161 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1162 */
1163 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1164 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1165   assert( !MEMDB );
1166   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1167     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1168     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1169     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1170 
1171     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1172     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1173     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1174     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1175 
1176     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1177     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1178     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1179       return 0;
1180     }
1181   }
1182 
1183   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1184 }
1185 #endif
1186 
1187 /*
1188 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1189 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1190 ** and debugging only.
1191 */
1192 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1193 /*
1194 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1195 */
1196 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1197   u32 hash = 0;
1198   int i;
1199   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1200     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1201   }
1202   return hash;
1203 }
1204 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1205   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1206 }
1207 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1208   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1209 }
1210 
1211 /*
1212 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1213 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1214 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1215 */
1216 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1217 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1218   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1219   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1220   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1221 }
1222 
1223 #else
1224 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1225 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1226 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1227 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1228 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1229 
1230 /*
1231 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1232 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1233 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1234 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1235 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1236 **
1237 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1238 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1239 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1240 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1241 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1242 ** were present in the journal.
1243 **
1244 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1245 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1246 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1247 ** journal file name.
1248 **
1249 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1250 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1251 **
1252 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1253 ** error code is returned.
1254 */
1255 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1256   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1257   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1258   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1259   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1260   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1261   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1262   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1263 
1264   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1265    || szJ<16
1266    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1267    || len>=nMaster
1268    || len==0
1269    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1270    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1271    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1272    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1273   ){
1274     return rc;
1275   }
1276 
1277   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1278   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1279     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1280   }
1281   if( cksum ){
1282     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1283     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1284     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1285     ** master-journal filename.
1286     */
1287     len = 0;
1288   }
1289   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1290 
1291   return SQLITE_OK;
1292 }
1293 
1294 /*
1295 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1296 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1297 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1298 **
1299 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1300 **
1301 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1302 **   ---------------------------------------
1303 **   0                         0
1304 **   512                       512
1305 **   100                       512
1306 **   2000                      2048
1307 **
1308 */
1309 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1310   i64 offset = 0;
1311   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1312   if( c ){
1313     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1314   }
1315   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1316   assert( offset>=c );
1317   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1318   return offset;
1319 }
1320 
1321 /*
1322 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1323 **
1324 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1325 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1326 **
1327 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1328 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1329 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1330 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1331 ** after writing or truncating it.
1332 **
1333 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1334 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1335 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1336 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1337 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1338 **
1339 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1340 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1341 */
1342 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1343   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1344   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1345   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1346     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1347 
1348     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1349     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1350       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1351     }else{
1352       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1353       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1354     }
1355     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1356       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1357     }
1358 
1359     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1360     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1361     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1362     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1363     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1364     */
1365     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1366       i64 sz;
1367       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1368       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1369         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1370       }
1371     }
1372   }
1373   return rc;
1374 }
1375 
1376 /*
1377 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1378 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1379 ** current location.
1380 **
1381 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1382 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1383 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1384 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1385 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1386 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1387 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1388 **
1389 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1390 */
1391 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1392   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1393   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1394   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1395   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1396   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1397 
1398   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1399 
1400   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1401     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1402   }
1403 
1404   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1405   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1406   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1407   */
1408   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1409     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1410       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1411     }
1412   }
1413 
1414   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1415 
1416   /*
1417   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1418   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1419   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1420   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1421   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1422   **
1423   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1424   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1425   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1426   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1427   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1428   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1429   **
1430   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1431   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1432   **
1433   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1434   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1435   */
1436   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1437   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1438    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1439   ){
1440     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1441     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1442   }else{
1443     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1444   }
1445 
1446   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1447   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1448   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1449   /* The initial database size */
1450   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1451   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1452   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1453 
1454   /* The page size */
1455   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1456 
1457   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1458   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1459   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1460   ** take the performance hit.
1461   */
1462   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1463          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1464 
1465   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1466   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1467   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1468   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1469   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1470   **
1471   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1472   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1473   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1474   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1475   ** is done.
1476   **
1477   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1478   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1479   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1480   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1481   */
1482   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1483     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1484     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1485     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1486     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1487   }
1488 
1489   return rc;
1490 }
1491 
1492 /*
1493 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1494 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1495 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1496 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1497 ** a description of the journal header format.
1498 **
1499 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1500 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1501 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1502 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1503 ** in this case.
1504 **
1505 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1506 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1507 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1508 */
1509 static int readJournalHdr(
1510   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1511   int isHot,
1512   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1513   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1514   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1515 ){
1516   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1517   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1518   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1519 
1520   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1521 
1522   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1523   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1524   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1525   */
1526   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1527   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1528     return SQLITE_DONE;
1529   }
1530   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1531 
1532   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1533   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1534   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1535   ** proceed.
1536   */
1537   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1538     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1539     if( rc ){
1540       return rc;
1541     }
1542     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1543       return SQLITE_DONE;
1544     }
1545   }
1546 
1547   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1548   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1549   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1550   */
1551   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1552    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1553    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1554   ){
1555     return rc;
1556   }
1557 
1558   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1559     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1560     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1561 
1562     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1563     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1564      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1565     ){
1566       return rc;
1567     }
1568 
1569     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1570     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1571     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1572     */
1573     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1574       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1575     }
1576 
1577     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1578     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1579     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1580     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1581     */
1582     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1583      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1584      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1585     ){
1586       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1587       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1588       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1589       ** the journal file here.
1590       */
1591       return SQLITE_DONE;
1592     }
1593 
1594     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1595     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1596     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1597     */
1598     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1599     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1600 
1601     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1602     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1603     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1604     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1605     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1606     */
1607     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1608   }
1609 
1610   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1611   return rc;
1612 }
1613 
1614 
1615 /*
1616 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1617 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1618 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1619 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1620 ** anything is written. The format is:
1621 **
1622 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1623 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1624 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1625 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1626 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1627 **
1628 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1629 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1630 **
1631 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1632 ** this call is a no-op.
1633 */
1634 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1635   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1636   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1637   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1638   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1639   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1640 
1641   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1642   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1643 
1644   if( !zMaster
1645    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1646    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1647   ){
1648     return SQLITE_OK;
1649   }
1650   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1651   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1652 
1653   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1654   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1655     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1656   }
1657 
1658   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1659   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1660   ** the journal has already been synced.
1661   */
1662   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1663     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1664   }
1665   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1666 
1667   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1668   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1669   */
1670   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1671    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1672    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1673    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1674    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1675                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1676   ){
1677     return rc;
1678   }
1679   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1680 
1681   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1682   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1683   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1684   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1685   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1686   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1687   **
1688   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1689   ** file to the required size.
1690   */
1691   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1692    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1693   ){
1694     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1695   }
1696   return rc;
1697 }
1698 
1699 /*
1700 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1701 */
1702 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1703   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1704   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1705   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1706 }
1707 
1708 /*
1709 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1710 */
1711 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1712   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1713   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1714 }
1715 
1716 /*
1717 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1718 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1719 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1720 */
1721 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1722   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1723   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1724     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1725   }
1726   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1727     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1728   }
1729   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1730   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1731   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1732   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1733 }
1734 
1735 /*
1736 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1737 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1738 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1739 */
1740 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1741   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1742   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1743 
1744   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1745     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1746     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1747       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1748       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1749       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1750     }
1751   }
1752   return rc;
1753 }
1754 
1755 /*
1756 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1757 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1758 ** state.
1759 **
1760 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1761 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1762 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1763 ** closed (if it is open).
1764 **
1765 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1766 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1767 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1768 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1769 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1770 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1771 */
1772 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1773 
1774   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1775        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1776        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1777   );
1778 
1779   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1780   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1781   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1782 
1783   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1784     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1785     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1786     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1787   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1788     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1789     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1790 
1791     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1792     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1793     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1794     ** out from under us.
1795     */
1796     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1797     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1798     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1799     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1800     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1801     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1802     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1803      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1804     ){
1805       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1806     }
1807 
1808     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1809     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1810     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1811     ** is necessary.
1812     */
1813     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1814     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1815       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1816     }
1817 
1818     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1819     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1820     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1821     */
1822     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1823     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1824     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1825   }
1826 
1827   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1828   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1829   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1830   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1831   */
1832   if( pPager->errCode ){
1833     assert( !MEMDB );
1834     pager_reset(pPager);
1835     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1836     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1837     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1838     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1839   }
1840 
1841   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1842   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1843   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1844 }
1845 
1846 /*
1847 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1848 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1849 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1850 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1851 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1852 **
1853 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1854 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1855 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1856 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1857 **
1858 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1859 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1860 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1861 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1862 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1863 ** it were a hot-journal).
1864 */
1865 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1866   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1867   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1868   assert(
1869        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1870        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1871        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1872   );
1873   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1874     pPager->errCode = rc;
1875     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1876   }
1877   return rc;
1878 }
1879 
1880 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1881 
1882 /*
1883 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1884 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1885 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1886 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1887 ** database transaction.
1888 **
1889 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1890 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1891 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1892 **
1893 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1894 **
1895 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1896 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1897 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1898 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1899 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1900 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1901 **
1902 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1903 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1904 **     in-memory journal.
1905 **
1906 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1907 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1908 **
1909 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1910 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1911 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1912 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1913 **
1914 **   journalMode==DELETE
1915 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1916 **
1917 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1918 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1919 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1920 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1921 **
1922 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1923 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1924 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1925 **
1926 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1927 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1928 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1929 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1930 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1931 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1932 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1933 ** returned.
1934 */
1935 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1936   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1937   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1938 
1939   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1940   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1941   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1942   ** held under two circumstances:
1943   **
1944   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1945   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1946   **
1947   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1948   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1949   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1950   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1951   */
1952   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1953   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1954   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1955     return SQLITE_OK;
1956   }
1957 
1958   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1959   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1960   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1961     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1962 
1963     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1964     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1965       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1966       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1967     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1968       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1969         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1970       }else{
1971         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1972         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
1973           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
1974           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
1975           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
1976           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
1977           */
1978           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
1979         }
1980       }
1981       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1982     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1983       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1984     ){
1985       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1986       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1987     }else{
1988       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1989       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1990       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1991       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1992       */
1993       int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
1994       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1995            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1996            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1997       );
1998       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1999       if( bDelete ){
2000         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal,
2001                  pPager->fullSync && SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE);
2002       }
2003     }
2004   }
2005 
2006 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2007   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2008   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2009     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2010     if( p ){
2011       p->pageHash = 0;
2012       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2013     }
2014   }
2015 #endif
2016 
2017   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2018   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2019   pPager->nRec = 0;
2020   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2021   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2022 
2023   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2024     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2025     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2026     ** lock held on the database file.
2027     */
2028     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2029     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2030   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2031     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2032     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2033     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2034     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2035     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2036     ** required size.  */
2037     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2038     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2039   }
2040 
2041   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2042     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2043     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2044   }
2045 
2046   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2047    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2048   ){
2049     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2050     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2051   }
2052   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2053   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2054 
2055   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2056 }
2057 
2058 /*
2059 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2060 ** database file.
2061 **
2062 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2063 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2064 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2065 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2066 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2067 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2068 ** will roll it back.
2069 **
2070 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2071 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2072 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2073 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2074 */
2075 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2076   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2077     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2078     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2079       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2080       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2081       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2082     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2083       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2084       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2085     }
2086   }
2087   pager_unlock(pPager);
2088 }
2089 
2090 /*
2091 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2092 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2093 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2094 **
2095 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2096 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2097 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2098 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2099 **
2100 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2101 ** incompatible journal file format.
2102 **
2103 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2104 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2105 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2106 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2107 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2108 */
2109 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2110   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2111   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2112   while( i>0 ){
2113     cksum += aData[i];
2114     i -= 200;
2115   }
2116   return cksum;
2117 }
2118 
2119 /*
2120 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2121 ** to the codec.
2122 */
2123 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2124 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2125   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2126     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2127                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2128   }
2129 }
2130 #else
2131 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2132 #endif
2133 
2134 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2135 /*
2136 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2137 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2138 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2139 */
2140 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2141   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2142     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2143     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2144   }
2145 }
2146 #endif
2147 
2148 /*
2149 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2150 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2151 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2152 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2153 **
2154 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2155 ** not.
2156 **
2157 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2158 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2159 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2160 **
2161 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2162 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2163 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2164 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2165 ** prior to returning.
2166 **
2167 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2168 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2169 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2170 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2171 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2172 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2173 ** two circumstances:
2174 **
2175 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2176 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2177 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2178 **
2179 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2180 **
2181 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2182 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2183 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2184 */
2185 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2186   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2187   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2188   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2189   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2190   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2191 ){
2192   int rc;
2193   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2194   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2195   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2196   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2197   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2198   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2199 
2200   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2201   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2202   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2203   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2204 
2205   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2206   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2207   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2208 
2209   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2210   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2211   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2212   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2213   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2214   */
2215   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2216        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2217   );
2218   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2219 
2220   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2221   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2222   */
2223   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2224   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2225   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2226   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2227   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2228   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2229 
2230   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2231   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2232   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2233   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2234   */
2235   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2236     assert( !isSavepnt );
2237     return SQLITE_DONE;
2238   }
2239   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2240     return SQLITE_OK;
2241   }
2242   if( isMainJrnl ){
2243     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2244     if( rc ) return rc;
2245     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2246       return SQLITE_DONE;
2247     }
2248   }
2249 
2250   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2251   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2252   */
2253   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2254     return rc;
2255   }
2256 
2257   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2258   */
2259   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2260     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2261     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2262   }
2263 
2264   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2265   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2266   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2267   **
2268   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2269   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2270   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2271   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2272   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2273   ** assert()able.
2274   **
2275   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2276   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2277   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2278   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2279   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2280   **
2281   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2282   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2283   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2284   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2285   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2286   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2287   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2288   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2289   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2290   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2291   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2292   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2293   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2294   **
2295   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2296   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2297   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2298   */
2299   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2300     pPg = 0;
2301   }else{
2302     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2303   }
2304   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2305   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2306   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2307            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2308            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2309   ));
2310   if( isMainJrnl ){
2311     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2312   }else{
2313     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2314   }
2315   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2316    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2317    && isSynced
2318   ){
2319     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2320     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2321     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2322     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2323     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2324       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2325     }
2326     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2327       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2328       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2329       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2330     }
2331   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2332     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2333     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2334     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2335     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2336     ** current.
2337     **
2338     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2339     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2340     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2341     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2342     **
2343     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2344     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2345     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2346     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2347     */
2348     assert( isSavepnt );
2349     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2350     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2351     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2352     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2353     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2354     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2355     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2356     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2357   }
2358   if( pPg ){
2359     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2360     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2361     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2362     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2363     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2364     */
2365     void *pData;
2366     pData = pPg->pData;
2367     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2368     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2369     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2370       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2371       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2372       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2373       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2374       ** database.
2375       **
2376       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2377       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2378       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2379       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2380       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2381       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2382       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2383       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2384       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2385       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2386       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2387       ** database corruption may ensue.
2388       */
2389       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2390       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2391     }
2392     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2393 
2394     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2395     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2396     if( pgno==1 ){
2397       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2398     }
2399 
2400     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2401     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2402     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2403   }
2404   return rc;
2405 }
2406 
2407 /*
2408 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2409 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2410 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2411 ** and does so if it is.
2412 **
2413 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2414 ** available for use within this function.
2415 **
2416 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2417 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2418 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2419 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2420 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2421 **
2422 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2423 **
2424 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2425 ** journals have been rolled back.
2426 **
2427 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2428 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2429 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2430 **
2431 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2432 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2433 **     file zMaster
2434 **
2435 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2436 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2437 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2438 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2439 **
2440 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2441 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2442 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2443 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2444 **
2445 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2446 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2447 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2448 ** size.
2449 */
2450 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2451   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2452   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2453   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2454   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2455   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2456   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2457   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2458   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2459   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2460 
2461   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2462   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2463   */
2464   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2465   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2466   if( !pMaster ){
2467     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2468   }else{
2469     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2470     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2471   }
2472   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2473 
2474   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2475   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2476   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2477   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2478   */
2479   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2480   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2481   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2482   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2483   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2484     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2485     goto delmaster_out;
2486   }
2487   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2488   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2489   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2490   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2491 
2492   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2493   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2494     int exists;
2495     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2496     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2497       goto delmaster_out;
2498     }
2499     if( exists ){
2500       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2501       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2502       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2503       */
2504       int c;
2505       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2506       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2507       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2508         goto delmaster_out;
2509       }
2510 
2511       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2512       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2513       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2514         goto delmaster_out;
2515       }
2516 
2517       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2518       if( c ){
2519         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2520         goto delmaster_out;
2521       }
2522     }
2523     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2524   }
2525 
2526   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2527   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2528 
2529 delmaster_out:
2530   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2531   if( pMaster ){
2532     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2533     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2534     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2535   }
2536   return rc;
2537 }
2538 
2539 
2540 /*
2541 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2542 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2543 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2544 **
2545 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2546 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2547 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2548 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2549 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2550 **
2551 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2552 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2553 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2554 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2555 ** the end of the new file instead.
2556 **
2557 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2558 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2559 */
2560 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2561   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2562   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2563   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2564 
2565   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2566    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2567   ){
2568     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2569     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2570     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2571     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2572     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2573     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2574     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2575       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2576         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2577       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2578         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2579         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2580         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2581         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2582         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2583       }
2584       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2585         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2586       }
2587     }
2588   }
2589   return rc;
2590 }
2591 
2592 /*
2593 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2594 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2595 */
2596 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2597   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2598   if( iRet<32 ){
2599     iRet = 512;
2600   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2601     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2602     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2603   }
2604   return iRet;
2605 }
2606 
2607 /*
2608 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2609 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2610 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2611 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2612 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2613 **
2614 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2615 **
2616 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2617 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2618 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2619 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2620 **
2621 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2622 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2623 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2624 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2625 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2626 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2627 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2628 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2629 */
2630 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2631   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2632 
2633   if( pPager->tempFile
2634    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2635               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2636   ){
2637     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2638     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2639     ** call will segfault. */
2640     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2641   }else{
2642     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2643   }
2644 }
2645 
2646 /*
2647 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2648 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2649 **
2650 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2651 **
2652 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2653 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2654 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2655 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2656 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2657 **       sanity checksum.
2658 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2659 **       database to during a rollback.
2660 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2661 **       is this many bytes in size.
2662 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2663 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2664 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2665 **        +  4 byte page number.
2666 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2667 **        +  4 byte checksum
2668 **
2669 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2670 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2671 **
2672 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2673 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2674 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2675 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2676 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2677 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2678 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2679 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2680 **
2681 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2682 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2683 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2684 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2685 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2686 **
2687 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2688 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2689 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2690 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2691 ** been encountered.
2692 **
2693 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2694 ** and an error code is returned.
2695 **
2696 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2697 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2698 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2699 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2700 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2701 ** needed.
2702 */
2703 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2704   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2705   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2706   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2707   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2708   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2709   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2710   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2711   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2712   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2713   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2714 
2715   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2716   ** the journal is empty.
2717   */
2718   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2719   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2720   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2721     goto end_playback;
2722   }
2723 
2724   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2725   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2726   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2727   ** played back.
2728   **
2729   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2730   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2731   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2732   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2733   ** for pageSize.
2734   */
2735   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2736   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2737   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2738     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2739   }
2740   zMaster = 0;
2741   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2742     goto end_playback;
2743   }
2744   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2745   needPagerReset = isHot;
2746 
2747   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2748   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2749   ** occurs.
2750   */
2751   while( 1 ){
2752     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2753     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2754     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2755     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2756     */
2757     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2758     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2759       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2760         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2761       }
2762       goto end_playback;
2763     }
2764 
2765     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2766     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2767     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2768     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2769     */
2770     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2771       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2772       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2773     }
2774 
2775     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2776     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2777     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2778     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2779     ** size of the file.
2780     **
2781     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2782     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2783     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2784     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2785     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2786     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2787     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2788     */
2789     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2790         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2791       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2792     }
2793 
2794     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2795     ** database file back to its original size.
2796     */
2797     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2798       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2799       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2800         goto end_playback;
2801       }
2802       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2803     }
2804 
2805     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2806     ** database file and/or page cache.
2807     */
2808     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2809       if( needPagerReset ){
2810         pager_reset(pPager);
2811         needPagerReset = 0;
2812       }
2813       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2814       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2815         nPlayback++;
2816       }else{
2817         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2818           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2819           break;
2820         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2821           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2822           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2823           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2824           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2825           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2826           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2827           goto end_playback;
2828         }else{
2829           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2830           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2831           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2832           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2833           */
2834           goto end_playback;
2835         }
2836       }
2837     }
2838   }
2839   /*NOTREACHED*/
2840   assert( 0 );
2841 
2842 end_playback:
2843   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2844   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2845   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2846   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2847   */
2848 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2849   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2850     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2851   }
2852 #endif
2853 
2854   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2855   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2856   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2857   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2858   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2859   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2860   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2861   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2862   */
2863   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2864 
2865   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2866     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2867     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2868     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2869   }
2870   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2871    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2872   ){
2873     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2874   }
2875   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2876     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2877     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2878   }
2879   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2880     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2881     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2882     */
2883     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2884     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2885   }
2886   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2887     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2888                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2889   }
2890 
2891   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2892   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2893   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2894   */
2895   setSectorSize(pPager);
2896   return rc;
2897 }
2898 
2899 
2900 /*
2901 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2902 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2903 ** file before this function is called.
2904 **
2905 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2906 ** the value read from the database file.
2907 **
2908 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2909 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2910 */
2911 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2912   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2913   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2914   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2915   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2916 
2917   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2918   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2919 
2920 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2921   if( iFrame ){
2922     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2923     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2924   }else
2925 #endif
2926   {
2927     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2928     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2929     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2930       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2931     }
2932   }
2933 
2934   if( pgno==1 ){
2935     if( rc ){
2936       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2937       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2938       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2939       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2940       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2941       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2942       **
2943       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2944       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2945       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2946       ** we should still be ok.
2947       */
2948       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2949     }else{
2950       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2951       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2952     }
2953   }
2954   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2955 
2956   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2957   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2958   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2959   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2960                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2961 
2962   return rc;
2963 }
2964 
2965 /*
2966 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2967 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2968 **
2969 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2970 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2971 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2972 */
2973 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2974   u32 change_counter;
2975 
2976   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2977   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2978   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2979 
2980   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2981   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2982   ** is valid. */
2983   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2984   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2985 }
2986 
2987 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2988 /*
2989 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2990 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2991 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2992 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2993 **
2994 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2995 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2996 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2997 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2998 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2999 */
3000 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3001   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3002   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3003   PgHdr *pPg;
3004 
3005   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3006   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3007   if( pPg ){
3008     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3009       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3010     }else{
3011       u32 iFrame = 0;
3012       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3013       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3014         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3015       }
3016       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3017         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3018       }
3019       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3020     }
3021   }
3022 
3023   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3024   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3025   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3026   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3027   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3028   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3029   ** the backups must be restarted.
3030   */
3031   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3032 
3033   return rc;
3034 }
3035 
3036 /*
3037 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3038 */
3039 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3040   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3041   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3042 
3043   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3044   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3045   ** following:
3046   **
3047   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3048   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3049   */
3050   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3051   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3052   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3053   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3054     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3055     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3056     pList = pNext;
3057   }
3058 
3059   return rc;
3060 }
3061 
3062 /*
3063 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3064 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3065 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3066 ** changed.
3067 **
3068 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3069 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3070 */
3071 static int pagerWalFrames(
3072   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3073   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3074   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3075   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3076 ){
3077   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3078   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3079   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3080 
3081   assert( pPager->pWal );
3082   assert( pList );
3083 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3084   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3085   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3086     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3087   }
3088 #endif
3089 
3090   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3091   if( isCommit ){
3092     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3093     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3094     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3095     ** list here. */
3096     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3097     nList = 0;
3098     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3099       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3100         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3101         nList++;
3102       }
3103     }
3104     assert( pList );
3105   }else{
3106     nList = 1;
3107   }
3108   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3109 
3110   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3111   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3112       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3113   );
3114   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3115     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3116       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3117     }
3118   }
3119 
3120 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3121   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3122   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3123     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3124   }
3125 #endif
3126 
3127   return rc;
3128 }
3129 
3130 /*
3131 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3132 **
3133 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3134 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3135 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3136 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3137 */
3138 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3139   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3140   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3141 
3142   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3143   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3144 
3145   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3146   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3147   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3148   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3149   */
3150   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3151 
3152   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3153   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3154     pager_reset(pPager);
3155     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3156   }
3157 
3158   return rc;
3159 }
3160 #endif
3161 
3162 /*
3163 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3164 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3165 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3166 **
3167 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3168 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3169 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3170 */
3171 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3172   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3173 
3174   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3175   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3176   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3177   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3178   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3179   */
3180   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3181   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3182   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3183 
3184   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3185   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
3186   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3187   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3188   */
3189   if( nPage==0 ){
3190     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3191     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3192     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3193       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3194       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3195         return rc;
3196       }
3197     }
3198     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3199   }
3200 
3201   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3202   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3203   ** that the file can be read.
3204   */
3205   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3206     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3207   }
3208 
3209   *pnPage = nPage;
3210   return SQLITE_OK;
3211 }
3212 
3213 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3214 /*
3215 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3216 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3217 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3218 **
3219 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3220 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3221 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3222 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3223 **
3224 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3225 **
3226 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3227 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3228 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3229 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3230 ** other connection.
3231 */
3232 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3233   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3234   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3235   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3236 
3237   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3238     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3239     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3240 
3241     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3242     if( rc ) return rc;
3243     if( nPage==0 ){
3244       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3245       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3246       isWal = 0;
3247     }else{
3248       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3249           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3250       );
3251     }
3252     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3253       if( isWal ){
3254         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3255         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3256       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3257         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3258       }
3259     }
3260   }
3261   return rc;
3262 }
3263 #endif
3264 
3265 /*
3266 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3267 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3268 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3269 ** savepoint.
3270 **
3271 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3272 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3273 ** performed in the order specified:
3274 **
3275 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3276 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3277 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3278 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3279 **
3280 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3281 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3282 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3283 **
3284 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3285 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3286 **     the journal file.
3287 **
3288 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3289 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3290 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3291 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3292 **
3293 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3294 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3295 **
3296 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3297 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3298 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3299 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3300 */
3301 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3302   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3303   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3304   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3305   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3306 
3307   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3308   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3309 
3310   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3311   if( pSavepoint ){
3312     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3313     if( !pDone ){
3314       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3315     }
3316   }
3317 
3318   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3319   ** being reverted was opened.
3320   */
3321   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3322   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3323 
3324   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3325     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3326   }
3327 
3328   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3329   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3330   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3331   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3332   */
3333   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3334   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3335 
3336   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3337   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3338   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3339   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3340   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3341   ** are played back.
3342   */
3343   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3344     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3345     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3346     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3347       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3348     }
3349     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3350   }else{
3351     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3352   }
3353 
3354   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3355   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3356   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3357   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3358   */
3359   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3360     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3361     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3362     u32 dummy;
3363     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3364     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3365 
3366     /*
3367     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3368     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3369     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3370     */
3371     if( nJRec==0
3372      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3373     ){
3374       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3375     }
3376     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3377       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3378     }
3379     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3380   }
3381   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3382 
3383   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3384   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3385   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3386   */
3387   if( pSavepoint ){
3388     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3389     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3390 
3391     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3392       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3393     }
3394     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3395       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3396       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3397     }
3398     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3399   }
3400 
3401   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3402   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3403     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3404   }
3405 
3406   return rc;
3407 }
3408 
3409 /*
3410 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3411 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3412 */
3413 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3414   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3415 }
3416 
3417 /*
3418 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3419 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3420 */
3421 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3422   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3423 }
3424 
3425 /*
3426 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3427 */
3428 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3429 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3430   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3431   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3432     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3433     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3434     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3435     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3436   }
3437 #endif
3438 }
3439 
3440 /*
3441 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3442 */
3443 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3444   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3445   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3446 }
3447 
3448 /*
3449 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3450 */
3451 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3452   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3453 }
3454 
3455 /*
3456 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3457 **
3458 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3459 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3460 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3461 ** There are three levels:
3462 **
3463 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3464 **              for temporary and transient files.
3465 **
3466 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3467 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3468 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3469 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3470 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3471 **              when it is rolled back.
3472 **
3473 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3474 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3475 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3476 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3477 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3478 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3479 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3480 **
3481 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3482 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3483 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3484 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3485 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3486 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3487 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3488 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3489 **
3490 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3491 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3492 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3493 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3494 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3495 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3496 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3497 **
3498 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3499 ** and FULL=3.
3500 */
3501 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3502 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3503   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3504   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3505 ){
3506   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3507   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
3508   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3509   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3510   if( pPager->noSync ){
3511     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3512     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3513   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3514     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3515     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3516   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3517     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3518     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3519   }else{
3520     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3521     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3522   }
3523   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3524   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3525     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3526   }
3527   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3528     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3529   }else{
3530     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3531   }
3532 }
3533 #endif
3534 
3535 /*
3536 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3537 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3538 ** testing and analysis only.
3539 */
3540 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3541 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3542 #endif
3543 
3544 /*
3545 ** Open a temporary file.
3546 **
3547 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3548 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3549 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3550 **
3551 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3552 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3553 **
3554 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3555 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3556 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3557 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3558 */
3559 static int pagerOpentemp(
3560   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3561   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3562   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3563 ){
3564   int rc;               /* Return code */
3565 
3566 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3567   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3568 #endif
3569 
3570   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3571             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3572   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3573   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3574   return rc;
3575 }
3576 
3577 /*
3578 ** Set the busy handler function.
3579 **
3580 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3581 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3582 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3583 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3584 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3585 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3586 **
3587 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3588 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3589 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3590 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3591 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3592 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3593 **
3594 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3595 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3596 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3597 */
3598 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3599   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3600   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3601   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3602 ){
3603   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3604   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3605 
3606   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3607     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3608     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3609     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3610     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3611   }
3612 }
3613 
3614 /*
3615 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3616 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3617 **
3618 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3619 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3620 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3621 **
3622 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3623 **
3624 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3625 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3626 **
3627 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3628 **
3629 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3630 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3631 **
3632 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3633 **
3634 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3635 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3636 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3637 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3638 **
3639 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3640 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3641 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3642 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3643 */
3644 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3645   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3646 
3647   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3648   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3649   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3650   **
3651   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3652   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3653   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3654   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3655   */
3656 
3657   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3658   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3659   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3660    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3661    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3662   ){
3663     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3664     i64 nByte = 0;
3665 
3666     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3667       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3668     }
3669     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3670       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3671       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3672     }
3673 
3674     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3675       pager_reset(pPager);
3676       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3677     }
3678     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3679       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3680       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3681       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3682       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3683     }else{
3684       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3685     }
3686   }
3687 
3688   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3689   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3690     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3691     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3692     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3693     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3694     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3695   }
3696   return rc;
3697 }
3698 
3699 /*
3700 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3701 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3702 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3703 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3704 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3705 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3706 */
3707 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3708   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3709 }
3710 
3711 /*
3712 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3713 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3714 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3715 **
3716 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3717 */
3718 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3719   if( mxPage>0 ){
3720     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3721   }
3722   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3723   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3724   return pPager->mxPgno;
3725 }
3726 
3727 /*
3728 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3729 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3730 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3731 **
3732 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3733 ** and generate no code.
3734 */
3735 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3736 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3737 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3738 static int saved_cnt;
3739 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3740   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3741   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3742 }
3743 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3744   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3745 }
3746 #else
3747 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3748 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3749 #endif
3750 
3751 /*
3752 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3753 ** that pDest points to.
3754 **
3755 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3756 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3757 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3758 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3759 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3760 **
3761 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3762 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3763 ** output buffer undefined.
3764 */
3765 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3766   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3767   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3768   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3769 
3770   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3771   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3772   ** to WAL mode yet.
3773   */
3774   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3775 
3776   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3777     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3778     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3779     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3780       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3781     }
3782   }
3783   return rc;
3784 }
3785 
3786 /*
3787 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3788 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3789 **
3790 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3791 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3792 */
3793 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3794   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3795   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3796   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3797 }
3798 
3799 
3800 /*
3801 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3802 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3803 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3804 **
3805 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3806 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3807 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3808 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3809 **
3810 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3811 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3812 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3813 */
3814 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3815   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3816 
3817   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3818   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3819   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3820   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3821   */
3822   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3823        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3824        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3825   );
3826 
3827   do {
3828     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3829   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3830   return rc;
3831 }
3832 
3833 /*
3834 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3835 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3836 **
3837 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3838 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3839 **
3840 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3841 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3842 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3843 **
3844 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3845 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3846 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3847 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3848 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3849 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3850 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3851 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3852 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3853 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3854 */
3855 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3856 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3857   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3858   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3859 }
3860 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3861   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3862 }
3863 #else
3864 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3865 #endif
3866 
3867 /*
3868 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3869 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3870 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3871 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3872 **
3873 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3874 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3875 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3876 ** then continue writing to the database.
3877 */
3878 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3879   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3880   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3881   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3882 
3883   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3884   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3885   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3886   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3887   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3888   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3889   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3890   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3891   ** is no longer correct. */
3892 }
3893 
3894 
3895 /*
3896 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3897 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3898 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3899 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3900 **
3901 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3902 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3903 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3904 ** content as this process.
3905 **
3906 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3907 ** an SQLite error code.
3908 */
3909 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3910   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3911   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3912     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3913   }
3914   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3915     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3916   }
3917   return rc;
3918 }
3919 
3920 /*
3921 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3922 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3923 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3924 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3925 ** *ppPage to zero.
3926 **
3927 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3928 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3929 */
3930 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3931   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3932   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3933   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3934   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3935 ){
3936   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3937 
3938   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3939     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3940     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3941     p->pDirty = 0;
3942     memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3943   }else{
3944     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3945     if( p==0 ){
3946       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3947       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3948     }
3949     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3950     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3951     p->nRef = 1;
3952     p->pPager = pPager;
3953   }
3954 
3955   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3956   assert( p->pPage==0 );
3957   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3958   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3959   assert( p->nRef==1 );
3960 
3961   p->pgno = pgno;
3962   p->pData = pData;
3963   pPager->nMmapOut++;
3964 
3965   return SQLITE_OK;
3966 }
3967 
3968 /*
3969 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3970 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3971 */
3972 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3973   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3974   pPager->nMmapOut--;
3975   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3976   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3977 
3978   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3979   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3980 }
3981 
3982 /*
3983 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3984 */
3985 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
3986   PgHdr *p;
3987   PgHdr *pNext;
3988   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
3989     pNext = p->pDirty;
3990     sqlite3_free(p);
3991   }
3992 }
3993 
3994 
3995 /*
3996 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
3997 **
3998 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
3999 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4000 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4001 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4002 ** result in a coredump.
4003 **
4004 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4005 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4006 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4007 ** to the caller.
4008 */
4009 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
4010   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4011 
4012   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4013   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4014   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4015   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4016   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4017   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4018 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4019   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
4020   pPager->pWal = 0;
4021 #endif
4022   pager_reset(pPager);
4023   if( MEMDB ){
4024     pager_unlock(pPager);
4025   }else{
4026     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4027     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4028     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4029     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4030     **
4031     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4032     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4033     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4034     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4035     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4036     */
4037     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4038       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4039     }
4040     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4041   }
4042   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4043   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4044   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4045   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4046   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4047   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4048   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4049   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4050 
4051 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4052   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4053 #endif
4054 
4055   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4056   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4057 
4058   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4059   return SQLITE_OK;
4060 }
4061 
4062 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4063 /*
4064 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4065 */
4066 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4067   return pPg->pgno;
4068 }
4069 #endif
4070 
4071 /*
4072 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4073 */
4074 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4075   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4076 }
4077 
4078 /*
4079 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4080 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4081 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4082 **
4083 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4084 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4085 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4086 **
4087 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4088 **     be taken.
4089 **
4090 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4091 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4092 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4093 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4094 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4095 **
4096 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4097 **     journal file is synced.
4098 **
4099 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4100 **
4101 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4102 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4103 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4104 **       <update nRec field>
4105 **     }
4106 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4107 **   }
4108 **
4109 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4110 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4111 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4112 */
4113 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4114   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4115 
4116   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4117        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4118   );
4119   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4120   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4121 
4122   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4123   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4124 
4125   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4126     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4127     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4128       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4129       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4130 
4131       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4132         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4133         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4134         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4135         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4136         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4137         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4138         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4139         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4140         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4141         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4142         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4143         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4144         **
4145         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4146         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4147         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4148         **
4149         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4150         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4151         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4152         ** the potential journal header.
4153         */
4154         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4155         u8 aMagic[8];
4156         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4157 
4158         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4159         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4160 
4161         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4162         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4163         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4164           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4165           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4166         }
4167         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4168           return rc;
4169         }
4170 
4171         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4172         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4173         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4174         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4175         **
4176         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4177         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4178         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4179         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4180         ** and never needs to be updated.
4181         */
4182         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4183           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4184           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4185           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4186           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4187         }
4188         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4189         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4190             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4191         );
4192         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4193       }
4194       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4195         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4196         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4197         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4198           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4199         );
4200         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4201       }
4202 
4203       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4204       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4205         pPager->nRec = 0;
4206         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4207         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4208       }
4209     }else{
4210       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4211     }
4212   }
4213 
4214   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4215   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4216   ** all pages.
4217   */
4218   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4219   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4220   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4221   return SQLITE_OK;
4222 }
4223 
4224 /*
4225 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4226 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4227 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4228 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4229 ** a no-op.
4230 **
4231 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4232 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4233 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4234 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4235 **
4236 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4237 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4238 ** written out.
4239 **
4240 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4241 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4242 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4243 **
4244 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4245 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4246 **
4247 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4248 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4249 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4250 ** the database file.
4251 **
4252 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4253 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4254 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4255 */
4256 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4257   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4258 
4259   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4260   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4261   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4262   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4263 
4264   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4265   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4266   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4267   */
4268   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4269     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4270     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4271   }
4272 
4273   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4274   ** file size will be.
4275   */
4276   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4277   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4278    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4279    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4280   ){
4281     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4282     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4283     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4284   }
4285 
4286   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4287     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4288 
4289     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4290     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4291     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4292     ** any such pages to the file.
4293     **
4294     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4295     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4296     */
4297     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4298       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4299       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4300 
4301       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4302       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4303 
4304       /* Encode the database */
4305       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4306 
4307       /* Write out the page data. */
4308       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4309 
4310       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4311       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4312       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4313       */
4314       if( pgno==1 ){
4315         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4316       }
4317       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4318         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4319       }
4320       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4321 
4322       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4323       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4324 
4325       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4326                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4327       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4328       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4329     }else{
4330       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4331     }
4332     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4333     pList = pList->pDirty;
4334   }
4335 
4336   return rc;
4337 }
4338 
4339 /*
4340 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4341 ** function is a no-op.
4342 **
4343 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4344 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4345 ** fails.
4346 */
4347 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4348   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4349   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4350     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4351       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4352     }else{
4353       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4354     }
4355   }
4356   return rc;
4357 }
4358 
4359 /*
4360 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4361 **
4362 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4363 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4364 **
4365 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4366 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4367 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4368 ** bitvec.
4369 */
4370 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4371   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4372   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4373   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4374 
4375     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4376     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4377     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4378     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4379     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4380          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4381          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4382     );
4383     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4384 
4385     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4386     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4387     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4388       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4389       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4390       char *pData2;
4391 
4392       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4393       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4394       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4395       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4396         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4397       }
4398     }
4399   }
4400   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4401     pPager->nSubRec++;
4402     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4403     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4404   }
4405   return rc;
4406 }
4407 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4408   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4409     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4410   }else{
4411     return SQLITE_OK;
4412   }
4413 }
4414 
4415 /*
4416 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4417 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4418 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4419 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4420 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4421 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4422 ** argument.
4423 **
4424 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4425 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4426 ** journal file.
4427 **
4428 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4429 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4430 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4431 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4432 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4433 */
4434 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4435   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4436   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4437 
4438   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4439   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4440 
4441   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4442   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4443   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4444   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4445   **
4446   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4447   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4448   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4449   **
4450   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4451   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4452   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4453   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4454   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4455   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4456   */
4457   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4458   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4459   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4460   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4461   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4462    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4463       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4464   ){
4465     return SQLITE_OK;
4466   }
4467 
4468   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4469   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4470     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4471     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4472     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4473       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4474     }
4475   }else{
4476 
4477     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4478     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4479      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4480     ){
4481       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4482     }
4483 
4484     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4485     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4486       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4487       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4488     }
4489   }
4490 
4491   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4492   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4493     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4494     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4495   }
4496 
4497   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4498 }
4499 
4500 /*
4501 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4502 */
4503 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4504   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4505   if( !MEMDB ){
4506     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4507     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4508     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4509       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4510       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4511         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4512       }
4513       pList = pNext;
4514     }
4515   }
4516 
4517   return rc;
4518 }
4519 
4520 /*
4521 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4522 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4523 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4524 **
4525 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4526 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4527 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4528 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4529 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4530 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4531 **
4532 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4533 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4534 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4535 **
4536 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4537 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4538 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4539 **
4540 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4541 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4542 **
4543 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4544 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4545 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4546 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4547 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4548 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4549 */
4550 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4551   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4552   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4553   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4554   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4555   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4556   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4557   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4558 ){
4559   u8 *pPtr;
4560   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4561   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4562   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4563   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4564   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4565   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4566   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4567   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4568   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4569   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4570   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4571   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4572   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4573 
4574   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4575   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4576   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4577   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4578   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4579   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4580   ** source file journal.c).
4581   */
4582   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4583     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4584   }else{
4585     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4586   }
4587 
4588   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4589   *ppPager = 0;
4590 
4591 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4592   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4593     memDb = 1;
4594     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4595       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4596       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4597       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4598       zFilename = 0;
4599     }
4600   }
4601 #endif
4602 
4603   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4604   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4605   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4606   */
4607   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4608     const char *z;
4609     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4610     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4611     if( zPathname==0 ){
4612       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4613     }
4614     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4615     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4616     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4617     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4618     while( *z ){
4619       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4620       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4621     }
4622     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4623     assert( nUri>=0 );
4624     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4625       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4626       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4627       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4628       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4629       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4630       */
4631       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4632     }
4633     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4634       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4635       return rc;
4636     }
4637   }
4638 
4639   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4640   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4641   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4642   **
4643   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4644   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4645   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4646   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4647   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4648   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4649   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4650   */
4651   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4652     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4653     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4654     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4655     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4656     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4657     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4658 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4659     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4660 #endif
4661   );
4662   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4663   if( !pPtr ){
4664     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4665     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4666   }
4667   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4668   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4669   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4670   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4671   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4672   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4673   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4674 
4675   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4676   if( zPathname ){
4677     assert( nPathname>0 );
4678     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4679     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4680     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4681     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4682     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4683     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4684 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4685     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4686     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4687     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4688     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4689 #endif
4690     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4691   }
4692   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4693   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4694 
4695   /* Open the pager file.
4696   */
4697   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4698     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4699     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4700     assert( !memDb );
4701     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4702 
4703     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4704     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4705     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4706     **
4707     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4708     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4709     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4710     */
4711     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4712       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4713       if( !readOnly ){
4714         setSectorSize(pPager);
4715         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4716         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4717           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4718             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4719           }else{
4720             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4721           }
4722         }
4723 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4724         {
4725           int ii;
4726           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4727           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4728           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4729           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4730             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4731               szPageDflt = ii;
4732             }
4733           }
4734         }
4735 #endif
4736       }
4737       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4738       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4739        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4740           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4741           goto act_like_temp_file;
4742       }
4743     }
4744   }else{
4745     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4746     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4747     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4748     **
4749     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4750     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4751     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4752     **
4753     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4754     */
4755 act_like_temp_file:
4756     tempFile = 1;
4757     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4758     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4759     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4760     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4761   }
4762 
4763   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4764   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4765   */
4766   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4767     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4768     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4769     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4770   }
4771 
4772   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4773   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4774     assert( nExtra<1000 );
4775     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4776     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4777                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4778   }
4779 
4780   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4781   */
4782   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4783     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4784     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4785     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4786     return rc;
4787   }
4788 
4789   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4790   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4791 
4792   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4793   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4794   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4795   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4796   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4797   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4798   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4799   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4800   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4801   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4802   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4803   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4804           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4805   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4806   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4807   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4808   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4809   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4810   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4811   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4812   if( pPager->noSync ){
4813     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4814     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4815     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4816     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4817   }else{
4818     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4819     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4820     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4821     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4822   }
4823   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4824   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4825   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4826   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4827   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4828   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4829   setSectorSize(pPager);
4830   if( !useJournal ){
4831     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4832   }else if( memDb ){
4833     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4834   }
4835   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4836   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4837   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4838   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4839   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4840 
4841   *ppPager = pPager;
4842   return SQLITE_OK;
4843 }
4844 
4845 
4846 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4847 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4848 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4849 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4850 */
4851 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4852   int bHasMoved = 0;
4853   int rc;
4854 
4855   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4856   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4857   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4858   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4859   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4860     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4861     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4862     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4863     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4864   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4865     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4866   }
4867   return rc;
4868 }
4869 
4870 
4871 /*
4872 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4873 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4874 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4875 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4876 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4877 **
4878 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4879 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4880 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4881 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4882 **
4883 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4884 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4885 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4886 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4887 ** is returned.
4888 **
4889 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4890 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4891 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4892 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4893 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4894 ** will not roll it back.
4895 **
4896 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4897 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4898 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4899 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4900 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4901 */
4902 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4903   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4904   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4905   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4906   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4907 
4908   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4909   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4910   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4911 
4912   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4913     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4914   ));
4915 
4916   *pExists = 0;
4917   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4918     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4919   }
4920   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4921     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4922 
4923     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4924     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4925     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4926     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4927     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4928     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4929     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4930     */
4931     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4932     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4933       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4934 
4935       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4936       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4937         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4938         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4939         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4940         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4941         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
4942         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4943         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4944         */
4945         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
4946           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4947           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4948             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4949             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4950           }
4951           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4952         }else{
4953           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4954           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4955           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4956           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4957           ** it can be ignored.
4958           */
4959           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4960             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4961             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4962           }
4963           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4964             u8 first = 0;
4965             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4966             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4967               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4968             }
4969             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4970               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4971             }
4972             *pExists = (first!=0);
4973           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4974             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4975             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4976             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4977             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4978             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4979             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4980             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4981             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4982             */
4983             *pExists = 1;
4984             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4985           }
4986         }
4987       }
4988     }
4989   }
4990 
4991   return rc;
4992 }
4993 
4994 /*
4995 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
4996 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
4997 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
4998 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
4999 **
5000 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5001 **
5002 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5003 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5004 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5005 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5006 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5007 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5008 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5009 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5010 **
5011 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5012 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5013 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5014 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5015 **      file.
5016 **
5017 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5018 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5019 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5020 */
5021 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5022   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5023 
5024   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5025   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5026   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5027   ** exclusive access mode.
5028   */
5029   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5030   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5031   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5032   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
5033 
5034   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5035     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5036 
5037     assert( !MEMDB );
5038 
5039     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5040     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5041       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5042       goto failed;
5043     }
5044 
5045     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5046     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5047     */
5048     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5049       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5050     }
5051     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5052       goto failed;
5053     }
5054     if( bHotJournal ){
5055       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5056         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5057         goto failed;
5058       }
5059 
5060       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5061       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5062       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5063       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5064       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5065       ** hot-journal back.
5066       **
5067       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5068       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5069       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5070       ** on the database file.
5071       **
5072       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5073       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5074       */
5075       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5076       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5077         goto failed;
5078       }
5079 
5080       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5081       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5082       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5083       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5084       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5085       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5086       **
5087       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5088       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5089       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5090       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5091       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5092       */
5093       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5094         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5095         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5096         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5097             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5098         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5099           int fout = 0;
5100           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5101           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5102           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5103           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5104           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5105             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5106             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5107           }
5108         }
5109       }
5110 
5111       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5112       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5113       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5114       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5115       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5116       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5117       ** the journal before playing it back.
5118       */
5119       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5120         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5121         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5122         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5123           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
5124           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5125         }
5126       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5127         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5128       }
5129 
5130       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5131         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5132         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5133         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5134         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5135         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5136         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5137         **
5138         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5139         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5140         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5141         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5142         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5143         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5144         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5145         ** references.
5146         */
5147         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5148         goto failed;
5149       }
5150 
5151       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5152       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5153            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5154       );
5155     }
5156 
5157     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5158       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5159       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5160       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5161       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5162       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5163       **
5164       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5165       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5166       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5167       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5168       ** a codec is in use.
5169       **
5170       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5171       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5172       ** it can be neglected.
5173       */
5174       Pgno nPage = 0;
5175       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5176 
5177       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5178       if( rc ) goto failed;
5179 
5180       if( nPage>0 ){
5181         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5182         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5183         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5184           goto failed;
5185         }
5186       }else{
5187         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5188       }
5189 
5190       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5191         pager_reset(pPager);
5192 
5193         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5194         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5195         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5196         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5197         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5198         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5199         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5200           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5201         }
5202       }
5203     }
5204 
5205     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5206     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5207     */
5208     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5209 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5210     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5211 #endif
5212   }
5213 
5214   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5215     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5216     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5217   }
5218 
5219   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5220     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5221   }
5222 
5223  failed:
5224   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5225     assert( !MEMDB );
5226     pager_unlock(pPager);
5227     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5228   }else{
5229     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5230     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5231   }
5232   return rc;
5233 }
5234 
5235 /*
5236 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5237 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5238 **
5239 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5240 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5241 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5242 */
5243 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5244   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5245     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5246   }
5247 }
5248 
5249 /*
5250 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5251 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5252 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5253 **
5254 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5255 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5256 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5257 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5258 ** object with no outstanding references.
5259 **
5260 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5261 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5262 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5263 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5264 **
5265 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5266 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5267 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5268 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5269 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5270 **
5271 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5272 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5273 **
5274 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5275 **
5276 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5277 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5278 **      from the savepoint journal.
5279 **
5280 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5281 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5282 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5283 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5284 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5285 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5286 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5287 **
5288 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5289 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5290 **
5291 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5292 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5293 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5294 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5295 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5296 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5297 ** or journal files.
5298 */
5299 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5300   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5301   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5302   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5303   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5304 ){
5305   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5306   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5307   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5308   const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
5309 
5310   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5311   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5312   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5313   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5314   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5315    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5316 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5317    && pPager->xCodec==0
5318 #endif
5319   );
5320 
5321   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5322   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5323   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5324   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5325   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5326     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5327   }
5328   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5329   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5330   assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5331 
5332   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5333 
5334   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5335   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5336   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5337     rc = pPager->errCode;
5338   }else{
5339     if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5340       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5341       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5342     }
5343 
5344     if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5345       void *pData = 0;
5346 
5347       rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5348           (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5349       );
5350 
5351       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5352         if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
5353           pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5354         }
5355         if( pPg==0 ){
5356           rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5357         }else{
5358           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5359         }
5360         if( pPg ){
5361           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5362           *ppPage = pPg;
5363           return SQLITE_OK;
5364         }
5365       }
5366       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5367         goto pager_acquire_err;
5368       }
5369     }
5370 
5371     {
5372       sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5373       pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5374       if( pBase==0 ){
5375         rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5376         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5377         if( pBase==0 ){
5378           pPg = *ppPage = 0;
5379           rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
5380           goto pager_acquire_err;
5381         }
5382       }
5383       pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5384       assert( pPg!=0 );
5385     }
5386   }
5387 
5388   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5389     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5390     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5391     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5392     pPg = 0;
5393     goto pager_acquire_err;
5394   }
5395   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5396   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5397   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5398 
5399   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5400     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5401     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5402     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5403     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5404     return SQLITE_OK;
5405 
5406   }else{
5407     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5408     ** be initialized.  */
5409 
5410     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5411 
5412     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5413     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5414     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5415       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5416       goto pager_acquire_err;
5417     }
5418 
5419     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5420       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5421         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5422         goto pager_acquire_err;
5423       }
5424       if( noContent ){
5425         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5426         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5427         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5428         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5429         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5430         */
5431         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5432         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5433           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5434           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5435         }
5436         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5437         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5438         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5439       }
5440       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5441       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5442     }else{
5443       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5444         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5445         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5446       }
5447       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5448       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5449       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5450       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5451         goto pager_acquire_err;
5452       }
5453     }
5454     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5455   }
5456 
5457   return SQLITE_OK;
5458 
5459 pager_acquire_err:
5460   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5461   if( pPg ){
5462     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5463   }
5464   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5465 
5466   *ppPage = 0;
5467   return rc;
5468 }
5469 
5470 /*
5471 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5472 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5473 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5474 **
5475 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5476 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5477 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5478 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5479 ** has ever happened.
5480 */
5481 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5482   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5483   assert( pPager!=0 );
5484   assert( pgno!=0 );
5485   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5486   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5487   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5488   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5489   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5490 }
5491 
5492 /*
5493 ** Release a page reference.
5494 **
5495 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5496 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5497 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5498 ** removed.
5499 */
5500 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5501   Pager *pPager;
5502   assert( pPg!=0 );
5503   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5504   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5505     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5506   }else{
5507     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5508   }
5509   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5510 }
5511 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5512   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5513 }
5514 
5515 /*
5516 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5517 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5518 ** file when this routine is called.
5519 **
5520 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5521 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5522 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5523 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5524 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5525 **
5526 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5527 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5528 ** already open file.
5529 **
5530 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5531 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5532 **
5533 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5534 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5535 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5536 */
5537 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5538   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5539   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5540 
5541   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5542   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5543   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5544 
5545   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5546   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5547   ** an error state. */
5548   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5549 
5550   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5551     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5552     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5553       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5554     }
5555 
5556     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5557     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5558       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5559         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5560       }else{
5561         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5562           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5563           (pPager->tempFile ?
5564             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5565             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5566           );
5567 
5568         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5569         ** it was originally opened. */
5570         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5571         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5572 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5573           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5574               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5575           );
5576 #else
5577           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5578 #endif
5579         }
5580       }
5581       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5582     }
5583 
5584 
5585     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5586     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5587     */
5588     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5589       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5590       pPager->nRec = 0;
5591       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5592       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5593       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5594       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5595     }
5596   }
5597 
5598   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5599     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5600     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5601   }else{
5602     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5603     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5604   }
5605 
5606   return rc;
5607 }
5608 
5609 /*
5610 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5611 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5612 **
5613 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5614 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5615 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5616 ** functions need be called.
5617 **
5618 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5619 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5620 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5621 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5622 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5623 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5624 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5625 */
5626 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5627   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5628 
5629   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5630   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5631   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5632 
5633   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5634     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5635 
5636     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5637       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5638       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5639       */
5640       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5641         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5642         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5643           return rc;
5644         }
5645         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5646       }
5647 
5648       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5649       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5650       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5651       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5652       */
5653       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5654     }else{
5655       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5656       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5657       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5658       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5659       */
5660       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5661       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5662         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5663       }
5664     }
5665 
5666     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5667       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5668       **
5669       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5670       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5671       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5672       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5673       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5674       ** WAL mode.
5675       */
5676       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5677       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5678       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5679       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5680       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5681     }
5682 
5683     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5684     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5685     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5686   }
5687 
5688   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5689   return rc;
5690 }
5691 
5692 /*
5693 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5694 */
5695 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5696   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5697   int rc;
5698   u32 cksum;
5699   char *pData2;
5700   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5701 
5702   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5703   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5704   ** that we do not. */
5705   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5706 
5707   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5708   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5709   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5710 
5711   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5712   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5713   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5714   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5715   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5716   ** then corruption may follow.
5717   */
5718   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5719 
5720   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5721   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5722   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5723   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5724   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5725   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5726 
5727   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5728            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5729   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5730   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5731        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5732        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5733 
5734   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5735   pPager->nRec++;
5736   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5737   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5738   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5739   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5740   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5741   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5742   return rc;
5743 }
5744 
5745 /*
5746 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5747 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5748 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5749 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5750 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5751 */
5752 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5753   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5754   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5755 
5756   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5757   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5758   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5759   */
5760   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5761        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5762        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5763   );
5764   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5765   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5766   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5767   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5768 
5769   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5770   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5771   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5772   **
5773   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5774   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5775   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5776   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5777   */
5778   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5779     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5780     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5781   }
5782   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5783   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5784 
5785   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5786   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5787 
5788   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5789   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5790   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5791   */
5792   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5793   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5794    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5795   ){
5796     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5797     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5798       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5799       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5800         return rc;
5801       }
5802     }else{
5803       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5804         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5805       }
5806       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5807               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5808              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5809     }
5810   }
5811 
5812   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5813   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5814   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5815   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5816   */
5817   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5818 
5819   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5820   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5821   */
5822   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5823     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5824   }
5825 
5826   /* Update the database size and return. */
5827   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5828     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5829   }
5830   return rc;
5831 }
5832 
5833 /*
5834 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5835 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5836 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5837 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5838 ** a write.
5839 **
5840 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5841 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5842 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5843 */
5844 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5845   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5846   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5847   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5848   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5849   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5850   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5851   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5852   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5853 
5854   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5855   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5856   ** this function.
5857   */
5858   assert( !MEMDB );
5859   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5860   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5861 
5862   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5863   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5864   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5865   */
5866   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5867 
5868   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5869   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5870     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5871   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5872     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5873   }else{
5874     nPage = nPagePerSector;
5875   }
5876   assert(nPage>0);
5877   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5878   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5879 
5880   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5881     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5882     PgHdr *pPage;
5883     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5884       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5885         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
5886         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5887           rc = pager_write(pPage);
5888           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5889             needSync = 1;
5890           }
5891           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5892         }
5893       }
5894     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5895       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5896         needSync = 1;
5897       }
5898       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5899     }
5900   }
5901 
5902   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5903   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5904   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5905   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5906   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5907   */
5908   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5909     assert( !MEMDB );
5910     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5911       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5912       if( pPage ){
5913         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5914         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5915       }
5916     }
5917   }
5918 
5919   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
5920   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5921   return rc;
5922 }
5923 
5924 /*
5925 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5926 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5927 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5928 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5929 **
5930 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5931 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5932 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5933 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5934 **
5935 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5936 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5937 */
5938 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5939   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5940   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5941   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5942   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5943   if( pPager->errCode ){
5944     return pPager->errCode;
5945   }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
5946     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5947     return SQLITE_OK;
5948   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
5949     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
5950   }else{
5951     return pager_write(pPg);
5952   }
5953 }
5954 
5955 /*
5956 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5957 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5958 ** to change the content of the page.
5959 */
5960 #ifndef NDEBUG
5961 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5962   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5963 }
5964 #endif
5965 
5966 /*
5967 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5968 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5969 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5970 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5971 ** content no longer matters.
5972 **
5973 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5974 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5975 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5976 **
5977 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5978 ** DELETE operations.
5979 */
5980 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5981   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5982   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5983     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5984     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5985     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5986     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5987     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5988   }
5989 }
5990 
5991 /*
5992 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
5993 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
5994 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
5995 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
5996 **
5997 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
5998 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
5999 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6000 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6001 **
6002 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6003 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6004 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6005 ** transaction is committed.
6006 **
6007 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6008 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6009 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6010 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6011 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6012 */
6013 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6014   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6015 
6016   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6017        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6018   );
6019   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6020 
6021   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6022   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6023   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6024   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6025   **
6026   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6027   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6028   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6029   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6030   */
6031 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6032 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6033   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6034   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6035 #else
6036 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6037 #endif
6038 
6039   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6040     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6041 
6042     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6043 
6044     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6045     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6046     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6047 
6048     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6049     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6050     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6051     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6052     */
6053     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6054       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6055     }
6056 
6057     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6058       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6059       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6060 
6061       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6062       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6063         const void *zBuf;
6064         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6065         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
6066         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6067           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6068           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6069         }
6070         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6071           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6072           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6073           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6074           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6075           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6076           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6077         }
6078       }else{
6079         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6080       }
6081     }
6082 
6083     /* Release the page reference. */
6084     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6085   }
6086   return rc;
6087 }
6088 
6089 /*
6090 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6091 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6092 **
6093 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6094 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6095 */
6096 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6097   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6098 
6099   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6100     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6101     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6102     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6103   }
6104   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6105     assert( !MEMDB );
6106     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6107   }
6108   return rc;
6109 }
6110 
6111 /*
6112 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6113 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6114 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6115 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6116 **
6117 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6118 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6119 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6120 ** returned.
6121 */
6122 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6123   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6124   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6125   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6126     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6127          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6128          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6129     );
6130     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6131     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6132       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6133     }
6134   }
6135   return rc;
6136 }
6137 
6138 /*
6139 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6140 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6141 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6142 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6143 **
6144 ** This routine ensures that:
6145 **
6146 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6147 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6148 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6149 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6150 **   * the database file synced.
6151 **
6152 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6153 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6154 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6155 **
6156 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6157 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6158 **
6159 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6160 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6161 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6162 ** journal file in this case.
6163 */
6164 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6165   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6166   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6167   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6168 ){
6169   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6170 
6171   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6172        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6173        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6174        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6175   );
6176   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6177 
6178   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6179   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6180 
6181   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6182       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6183 
6184   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6185   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6186 
6187   if( MEMDB ){
6188     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6189     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6190     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
6191     */
6192     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6193   }else{
6194     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6195       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6196       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6197       if( pList==0 ){
6198         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6199         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6200         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6201         pList = pPageOne;
6202         pList->pDirty = 0;
6203       }
6204       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6205       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6206         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6207       }
6208       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6209       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6210         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6211       }
6212     }else{
6213       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6214       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6215       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6216       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6217       **
6218       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6219       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6220       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6221       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6222       **
6223       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6224       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6225       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6226       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6227       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6228       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6229       ** mode.
6230       **
6231       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6232       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6233       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6234       ** created for this transaction.
6235       */
6236   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6237       PgHdr *pPg;
6238       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6239            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6240            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6241       );
6242       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6243        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6244        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6245        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6246       ){
6247         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6248         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6249         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6250         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6251         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6252         */
6253         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6254       }else{
6255         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6256         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6257           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6258         }
6259       }
6260   #else
6261       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6262   #endif
6263       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6264 
6265       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6266       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6267       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6268       */
6269       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6270       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6271 
6272       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6273       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6274       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6275       **
6276       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6277       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6278       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6279       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6280       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6281       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6282       */
6283       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6284       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6285 
6286       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6287       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6288         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6289         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6290       }
6291       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6292 
6293       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6294       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6295       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6296       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6297       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6298       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6299       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6300         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6301         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6302         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6303         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6304       }
6305 
6306       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6307       if( !noSync ){
6308         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6309       }
6310       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6311     }
6312   }
6313 
6314 commit_phase_one_exit:
6315   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6316     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6317   }
6318   return rc;
6319 }
6320 
6321 
6322 /*
6323 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6324 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6325 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6326 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6327 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6328 **
6329 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6330 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6331 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6332 ** irrevocably committed.
6333 **
6334 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6335 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6336 */
6337 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6338   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6339 
6340   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6341   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6342   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6343   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6344 
6345   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6346        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6347        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6348   );
6349   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6350 
6351   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6352   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6353   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6354   **
6355   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6356   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6357   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6358   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6359   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6360   ** to drop any locks either.
6361   */
6362   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6363    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6364    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6365   ){
6366     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6367     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6368     return SQLITE_OK;
6369   }
6370 
6371   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6372   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6373   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6374   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6375 }
6376 
6377 /*
6378 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6379 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6380 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6381 ** state if an error occurs.
6382 **
6383 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6384 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6385 **
6386 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6387 **
6388 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6389 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6390 **      was opened, and
6391 **
6392 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6393 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6394 **
6395 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6396 ** rollback is successful.
6397 **
6398 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6399 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6400 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6401 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6402 */
6403 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6404   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6405   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6406 
6407   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6408   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6409   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6410   */
6411   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6412   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6413   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6414 
6415   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6416     int rc2;
6417     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6418     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6419     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6420   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6421     int eState = pPager->eState;
6422     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6423     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6424       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6425       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6426       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6427       */
6428       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6429       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6430       return rc;
6431     }
6432   }else{
6433     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6434   }
6435 
6436   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6437   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6438           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6439           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6440   );
6441 
6442   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6443   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6444   */
6445   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6446 }
6447 
6448 /*
6449 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6450 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6451 */
6452 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6453   return pPager->readOnly;
6454 }
6455 
6456 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6457 /*
6458 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6459 */
6460 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6461   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6462 }
6463 #endif
6464 
6465 /*
6466 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6467 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6468 */
6469 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6470   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6471                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6472   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6473            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6474            + pPager->pageSize;
6475 }
6476 
6477 /*
6478 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6479 */
6480 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6481   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6482 }
6483 
6484 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6485 /*
6486 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6487 */
6488 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6489   static int a[11];
6490   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6491   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6492   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6493   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6494   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6495   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6496   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6497   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6498   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6499   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6500   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6501   return a;
6502 }
6503 #endif
6504 
6505 /*
6506 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6507 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6508 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6509 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6510 ** returning.
6511 */
6512 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6513 
6514   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6515        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6516        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6517   );
6518 
6519   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6520   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6521   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6522 
6523   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6524   if( reset ){
6525     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6526   }
6527 }
6528 
6529 /*
6530 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6531 */
6532 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6533   return MEMDB;
6534 }
6535 
6536 /*
6537 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6538 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6539 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6540 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6541 **
6542 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6543 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6544 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6545 */
6546 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6547   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6548   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6549   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6550   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6551 
6552   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6553   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6554   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6555 
6556   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6557   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6558   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6559   */
6560   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6561       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6562   );
6563   if( !aNew ){
6564     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6565   }
6566   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6567   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6568 
6569   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6570   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6571     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6572     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6573       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6574     }else{
6575       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6576     }
6577     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6578     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6579     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6580       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6581     }
6582     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6583       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6584     }
6585     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6586   }
6587   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6588   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6589   return rc;
6590 }
6591 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6592   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6593   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6594 
6595   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6596     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6597   }else{
6598     return SQLITE_OK;
6599   }
6600 }
6601 
6602 
6603 /*
6604 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6605 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6606 ** created savepoint.
6607 **
6608 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6609 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6610 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6611 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6612 **
6613 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6614 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6615 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6616 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6617 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6618 **
6619 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6620 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6621 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6622 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6623 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6624 **
6625 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6626 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6627 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6628 **
6629 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6630 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6631 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6632 */
6633 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6634   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
6635 
6636   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6637   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6638 
6639   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6640     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6641     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6642 
6643     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6644     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6645     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6646     */
6647     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6648     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6649       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6650     }
6651     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6652 
6653     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6654     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6655     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6656       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6657         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6658         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6659           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6660           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6661         }
6662         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6663       }
6664     }
6665     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6666     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6667     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6668     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6669     */
6670     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6671       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6672       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6673       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6674     }
6675   }
6676 
6677   return rc;
6678 }
6679 
6680 /*
6681 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6682 **
6683 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6684 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6685 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6686 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6687 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6688 ** participate in shared-cache.
6689 */
6690 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6691   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6692 }
6693 
6694 /*
6695 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6696 */
6697 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6698   return pPager->pVfs;
6699 }
6700 
6701 /*
6702 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6703 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6704 ** not yet been opened.
6705 */
6706 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6707   return pPager->fd;
6708 }
6709 
6710 /*
6711 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6712 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6713 */
6714 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6715 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6716   return pPager->jfd;
6717 #else
6718   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6719 #endif
6720 }
6721 
6722 /*
6723 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6724 */
6725 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6726   return pPager->zJournal;
6727 }
6728 
6729 /*
6730 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
6731 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6732 */
6733 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6734   return pPager->noSync;
6735 }
6736 
6737 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6738 /*
6739 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6740 */
6741 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6742   Pager *pPager,
6743   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6744   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6745   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6746   void *pCodec
6747 ){
6748   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6749   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6750   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6751   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6752   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6753   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6754 }
6755 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6756   return pPager->pCodec;
6757 }
6758 
6759 /*
6760 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6761 ** into the log file.
6762 **
6763 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6764 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6765 */
6766 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6767   void *aData = 0;
6768   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6769   return aData;
6770 }
6771 
6772 /*
6773 ** Return the current pager state
6774 */
6775 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6776   return pPager->eState;
6777 }
6778 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6779 
6780 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6781 /*
6782 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6783 **
6784 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6785 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6786 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6787 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6788 **
6789 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6790 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6791 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6792 **
6793 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6794 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6795 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6796 ** transaction is active).
6797 **
6798 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6799 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6800 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6801 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6802 **
6803 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6804 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6805 */
6806 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6807   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6808   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6809   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6810   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6811 
6812   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6813   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6814        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6815   );
6816   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6817 
6818   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6819   ** the page we are moving from.
6820   */
6821   if( MEMDB ){
6822     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6823     if( rc ) return rc;
6824   }
6825 
6826   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6827   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6828   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6829   **
6830   **   BEGIN;
6831   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6832   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6833   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6834   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6835   **
6836   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6837   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6838   ** statement were is processed.
6839   **
6840   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6841   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6842   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6843   */
6844   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6845    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6846   ){
6847     return rc;
6848   }
6849 
6850   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6851       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6852   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6853 
6854   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6855   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6856   **
6857   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6858   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6859   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6860   */
6861   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6862     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6863     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6864             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6865     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6866   }
6867 
6868   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6869   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6870   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6871   ** for the page moved there.
6872   */
6873   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6874   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
6875   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6876   if( pPgOld ){
6877     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6878     if( MEMDB ){
6879       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6880       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6881       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6882     }else{
6883       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6884     }
6885   }
6886 
6887   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6888   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6889   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6890 
6891   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6892   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6893   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6894   */
6895   if( MEMDB ){
6896     assert( pPgOld );
6897     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6898     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
6899   }
6900 
6901   if( needSyncPgno ){
6902     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6903     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6904     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6905     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6906     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6907     ** flag.
6908     **
6909     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6910     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6911     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6912     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6913     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6914     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6915     */
6916     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6917     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
6918     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6919       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6920         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6921         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6922       }
6923       return rc;
6924     }
6925     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6926     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6927     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
6928   }
6929 
6930   return SQLITE_OK;
6931 }
6932 #endif
6933 
6934 /*
6935 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
6936 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
6937 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
6938 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
6939 */
6940 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
6941   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
6942   pPg->flags = flags;
6943   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
6944 }
6945 
6946 /*
6947 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6948 */
6949 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6950   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6951   return pPg->pData;
6952 }
6953 
6954 /*
6955 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6956 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6957 */
6958 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6959   return pPg->pExtra;
6960 }
6961 
6962 /*
6963 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6964 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6965 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6966 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6967 **
6968 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6969 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6970 ** locking-mode.
6971 */
6972 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6973   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6974             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6975             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6976   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6977   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6978   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6979   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6980     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6981   }
6982   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6983 }
6984 
6985 /*
6986 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6987 **
6988 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6989 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6990 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6991 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6992 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6993 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6994 **
6995 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
6996 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
6997 **
6998 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
6999 **      or _MEMORY.
7000 **
7001 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7002 **
7003 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7004 */
7005 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7006   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7007 
7008 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7009   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7010   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7011   print_pager_state(pPager);
7012 #endif
7013 
7014 
7015   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7016   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7017             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7018             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7019             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7020             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7021             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7022 
7023   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7024   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7025   ** to WAL mode.
7026   */
7027   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7028 
7029   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7030   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7031   */
7032   if( MEMDB ){
7033     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7034     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7035       eMode = eOld;
7036     }
7037   }
7038 
7039   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7040 
7041     /* Change the journal mode. */
7042     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7043     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7044 
7045     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7046     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7047     ** delete the journal file.
7048     */
7049     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7050     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7051     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7052     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7053     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7054     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7055 
7056     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7057     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7058 
7059       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7060       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7061       ** here is an optimization only.
7062       **
7063       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7064       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7065       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7066       */
7067       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7068       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7069         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7070       }else{
7071         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7072         int state = pPager->eState;
7073         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7074         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7075           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7076         }
7077         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7078           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7079           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7080         }
7081         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7082           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7083         }
7084         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7085           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7086         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7087           pager_unlock(pPager);
7088         }
7089         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7090       }
7091     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7092       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7093     }
7094   }
7095 
7096   /* Return the new journal mode */
7097   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7098 }
7099 
7100 /*
7101 ** Return the current journal mode.
7102 */
7103 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7104   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7105 }
7106 
7107 /*
7108 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7109 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7110 ** is unmodified.
7111 */
7112 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7113   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7114   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7115   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7116   return 1;
7117 }
7118 
7119 /*
7120 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7121 **
7122 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7123 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7124 */
7125 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7126   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7127     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7128     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7129   }
7130   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7131 }
7132 
7133 /*
7134 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7135 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7136 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7137 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7138 */
7139 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7140   return &pPager->pBackup;
7141 }
7142 
7143 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7144 /*
7145 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7146 */
7147 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7148   if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7149 }
7150 #endif
7151 
7152 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7153 /*
7154 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7155 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7156 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7157 **
7158 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7159 */
7160 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
7161   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7162   if( pPager->pWal ){
7163     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
7164         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7165         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7166         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7167         pnLog, pnCkpt
7168     );
7169   }
7170   return rc;
7171 }
7172 
7173 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7174   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7175 }
7176 
7177 /*
7178 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7179 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7180 */
7181 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7182   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7183   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7184 }
7185 
7186 /*
7187 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7188 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7189 */
7190 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7191   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7192 
7193   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7194   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7195   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7196     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7197     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7198     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7199   }
7200 
7201   return rc;
7202 }
7203 
7204 /*
7205 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7206 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7207 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7208 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7209 */
7210 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7211   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7212 
7213   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7214   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7215 
7216   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7217   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7218   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7219   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7220   */
7221   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7222     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7223   }
7224 
7225   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7226   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7227   */
7228   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7229     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7230         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7231         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7232     );
7233   }
7234   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7235 
7236   return rc;
7237 }
7238 
7239 
7240 /*
7241 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7242 ** this function.
7243 **
7244 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7245 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7246 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7247 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7248 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7249 ** not modified in either case.
7250 **
7251 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7252 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7253 ** without doing anything.
7254 */
7255 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7256   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7257   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7258 ){
7259   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7260 
7261   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7262   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7263   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7264   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7265   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7266 
7267   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7268     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7269 
7270     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7271     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7272 
7273     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7274     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7275       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7276       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7277     }
7278   }else{
7279     *pbOpen = 1;
7280   }
7281 
7282   return rc;
7283 }
7284 
7285 /*
7286 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7287 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7288 **
7289 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7290 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7291 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7292 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7293 */
7294 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7295   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7296 
7297   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7298 
7299   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7300   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7301   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7302   */
7303   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7304     int logexists = 0;
7305     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7306     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7307       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7308           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7309       );
7310     }
7311     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7312       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7313     }
7314   }
7315 
7316   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7317   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7318   */
7319   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7320     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7321     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7322       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7323                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7324       pPager->pWal = 0;
7325       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7326     }
7327   }
7328   return rc;
7329 }
7330 
7331 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7332 /*
7333 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7334 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7335 */
7336 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7337   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7338   if( pPager->pWal ){
7339     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7340   }
7341   return rc;
7342 }
7343 
7344 /*
7345 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7346 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7347 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7348 */
7349 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7350   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7351   if( pPager->pWal ){
7352     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7353   }else{
7354     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7355   }
7356   return rc;
7357 }
7358 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7359 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7360 
7361 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7362 /*
7363 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7364 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7365 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7366 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7367 ** is empty, return 0.
7368 */
7369 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7370   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7371   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7372 }
7373 #endif
7374 
7375 
7376 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7377